ich777/IronOS
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Ralim/IronOS.git synced 2025-07-23 04:13:01 +02:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'update' into i2c-rework-2

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Ben V. Brown
2025-02-24 20:30:15 +11:00
parent e8db6d5f4d 3e453f1363
commit dd6c71a385
36 changed files with 28831 additions and 20413 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

4
scripts/IronOS.Dockerfile
View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# Default Reference Distro for development env & deploy:
# * Alpine Linux, version 3.19 *
# * Alpine Linux, version 3.21 *
FROM alpine:3.19
FROM alpine:3.21
LABEL maintainer="Ben V. Brown <ralim@ralimtek.com>"
# Default current dir when container starts

12
source/Core/BSP/MHP30/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)256)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 14) /*Currently use about 9000*/
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (32)
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 /*Bump this to 2 during development and bug hunting*/
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
/* USER CODE END 1 */

12
source/Core/BSP/Miniware/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)256)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 14) /*Currently use about 9000*/
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (32)
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 /*Bump this to 2 during development and bug hunting*/
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
/* USER CODE END 1 */

12
source/Core/BSP/Pinecil/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -11,7 +11,6 @@
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (4)
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((unsigned short)128)
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 24
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
@@ -22,6 +21,7 @@
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 0
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY (configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS))
/* Define to trap errors during development. */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1

2
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 8)
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (24)
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
@@ -32,6 +31,7 @@
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
#define configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES 2
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0

8
source/Core/BSP/Pinecilv2/ble_handlers.cpp
View File

@@ -133,6 +133,8 @@ int ble_char_read_status_callback(struct bt_conn *conn, const struct bt_gatt_att
memcpy(buf, &temp, sizeof(temp));
return sizeof(temp);
break;
default:
break;
}
MSG((char *)"Unhandled attr read %d | %d\n", (uint32_t)attr->uuid, uuid_value);
return 0;
@@ -150,7 +152,7 @@ int ble_char_read_bulk_value_callback(struct bt_conn *conn, const struct bt_gatt
// Bulk data
{
uint32_t bulkData[] = {
TipThermoModel::getTipInC(), // 0 - Current temp
(uint32_t)TipThermoModel::getTipInC(), // 0 - Current temp
getSettingValue(SettingsOptions::SolderingTemp), // 1 - Setpoint
getInputVoltageX10(getSettingValue(SettingsOptions::VoltageDiv), 0), // 2 - Input voltage
getHandleTemperature(0), // 3 - Handle X10 Temp in C
@@ -159,9 +161,9 @@ int ble_char_read_bulk_value_callback(struct bt_conn *conn, const struct bt_gatt
getTipResistanceX10(), // 6 - Tip resistance
xTaskGetTickCount() / TICKS_100MS, // 7 - uptime in deciseconds
lastMovementTime / TICKS_100MS, // 8 - last movement time (deciseconds)
TipThermoModel::getTipMaxInC(), // 9 - max temp
(uint32_t)TipThermoModel::getTipMaxInC(), // 9 - max temp
TipThermoModel::convertTipRawADCTouV(getTipRawTemp(0), true), // 10 - Raw tip in μV
abs(getRawHallEffect()), // 11 - hall sensor
(uint32_t)abs(getRawHallEffect()), // 11 - hall sensor
(uint32_t)currentOperatingMode, // 12 - Operating mode
x10WattHistory.average(), // 13 - Estimated Wattage *10
};

12
source/Core/BSP/Sequre/FreeRTOSConfig.h
View File

@@ -105,12 +105,12 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)256)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)1024 * 14) /*Currently use about 9000*/
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (32)
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2 /*Bump this to 2 during development and bug hunting*/
#define configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
@@ -156,11 +156,11 @@ extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
#define configASSERT(x) \
if ((x) == 0) { \
taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
for (;;) \
; \
}
/* USER CODE END 1 */

1381
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS/cmsis_os.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

766
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c vendored
View File

@@ -1,361 +1,405 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
* be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
* This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
* in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
* list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
* not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
* ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
* both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
* overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
* current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
* function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
* are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
* the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
* any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
* section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
* have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
* line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
* been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
* called. prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
* co-routine is created. */
if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
* of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
* pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
* event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
* check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file if co-routines are not being used. */
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /**< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /**< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /**< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /**< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL; /**< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /**< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xLastTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
static TickType_t xPassedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
do { \
if( ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ ( pxCRCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxCRCB )->xGenericListItem ) ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t * pxCoRoutine;
traceENTER_xCoRoutineCreate( pxCoRoutineCode, uxPriority, uxIndex );
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
/* MISRA Ref 11.5.1 [Malloc memory assignment] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-115 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_11_5_violation] */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
* be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
* This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
* in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
* list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
traceRETURN_xCoRoutineCreate( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay,
List_t * pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
traceENTER_vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToDelay, pxEventList );
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
* not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
* ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
* both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
* overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
* current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
* function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
traceRETURN_vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
* are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
* the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t * pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
* any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
* section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
* have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
* line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
* been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pxContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
traceENTER_vCoRoutineSchedule();
/* Only run a co-routine after prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() has been
* called. prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists() is called automatically when a
* co-routine is created. */
if( pxDelayedCoRoutineList != NULL )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
* of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
}
traceRETURN_vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
* pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t * pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t * pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceENTER_xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( pxEventList );
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
* event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
* check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
traceRETURN_xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Reset state in this file. This state is normally initialized at start up.
* This function must be called by the application before restarting the
* scheduler.
*/
void vCoRoutineResetState( void )
{
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = NULL;
/* Other file private variables. */
pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
xCoRoutineTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
xLastTickCount = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
xPassedTicks = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

1655
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4659
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

66
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,32 +1,34 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h. Please update your code accordingly. This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in a future release.
#endif
#include "stack_macros.h"

844
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/atomic.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,417 +1,427 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if defined( portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/**
* @file atomic.h
* @brief FreeRTOS atomic operation support.
*
* This file implements atomic functions by disabling interrupts globally.
* Implementations with architecture specific atomic instructions can be
* provided under each compiler directory.
*
* The atomic interface can be used in FreeRTOS tasks on all FreeRTOS ports. It
* can also be used in Interrupt Service Routines (ISRs) on FreeRTOS ports that
* support nested interrupts (i.e. portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS is set to 1). The
* atomic interface must not be used in ISRs on FreeRTOS ports that do not
* support nested interrupts (i.e. portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS is set to 0)
* because ISRs on these ports cannot be interrupted and therefore, do not need
* atomics in ISRs.
*/
#ifndef ATOMIC_H
#define ATOMIC_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include atomic.h"
#endif
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdint.h>
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/*
* Port specific definitions -- entering/exiting critical section.
* Refer template -- ./lib/FreeRTOS/portable/Compiler/Arch/portmacro.h
*
* Every call to ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() must be closely paired with
* ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL().
*
*/
#if ( portHAS_NESTED_INTERRUPTS == 1 )
/* Nested interrupt scheme is supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() \
UBaseType_t uxCriticalSectionType = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() \
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxCriticalSectionType )
#else
/* Nested interrupt scheme is NOT supported in this port. */
#define ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#endif /* portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() */
/*
* Port specific definition -- "always inline".
* Inline is compiler specific, and may not always get inlined depending on your
* optimization level. Also, inline is considered as performance optimization
* for atomic. Thus, if portFORCE_INLINE is not provided by portmacro.h,
* instead of resulting error, simply define it away.
*/
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE
#endif
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS 0x1U /**< Compare and swap succeeded, swapped. */
#define ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE 0x0U /**< Compare and swap failed, did not swap. */
/*----------------------------- Swap && CAS ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified values.
*
* @param[in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] ulExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] ulComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *pulDestination with ulExchange, if previous
* *pulDestination value equals ulComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwap_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulExchange,
uint32_t ulComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *pulDestination == ulComparand )
{
*pulDestination = ulExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
else
{
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Atomically sets the address pointed to by *ppvDestination to the value
* of *pvExchange.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] pvExchange Pointer value to be written to *ppvDestination.
*
* @return The initial value of *ppvDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE void * Atomic_SwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange )
{
void * pReturnValue;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pReturnValue = *ppvDestination;
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return pReturnValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic compare-and-swap (pointers)
*
* @brief Performs an atomic compare-and-swap operation on the specified pointer
* values.
*
* @param[in, out] ppvDestination Pointer to memory location from where a pointer
* value is to be loaded and checked.
* @param[in] pvExchange If condition meets, write this value to memory.
* @param[in] pvComparand Swap condition.
*
* @return Unsigned integer of value 1 or 0. 1 for swapped, 0 for not swapped.
*
* @note This function only swaps *ppvDestination with pvExchange, if previous
* *ppvDestination value equals pvComparand.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_CompareAndSwapPointers_p32( void * volatile * ppvDestination,
void * pvExchange,
void * pvComparand )
{
uint32_t ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_FAILURE;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( *ppvDestination == pvComparand )
{
*ppvDestination = pvExchange;
ulReturnValue = ATOMIC_COMPARE_AND_SWAP_SUCCESS;
}
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulReturnValue;
}
/*----------------------------- Arithmetic ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic add
*
* @brief Atomically adds count to the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be added to *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Add_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic subtract
*
* @brief Atomically subtracts count from the value of the specified pointer
* pointers to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
* @param[in] ulCount Value to be subtract from *pulAddend.
*
* @return previous *pulAddend value.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Subtract_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend,
uint32_t ulCount )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= ulCount;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic increment
*
* @brief Atomically increments the value of the specified pointer points to.
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before increment.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Increment_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend += 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic decrement
*
* @brief Atomically decrements the value of the specified pointer points to
*
* @param[in,out] pulAddend Pointer to memory location from where value is to be
* loaded and written back to.
*
* @return *pulAddend value before decrement.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_Decrement_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulAddend )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulAddend;
*pulAddend -= 1;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*----------------------------- Bitwise Logical ------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic OR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic OR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_OR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination |= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic AND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic AND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be ANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_AND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination &= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic NAND
*
* @brief Performs an atomic NAND operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be NANDed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_NAND_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination = ~( ulCurrent & ulValue );
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Atomic XOR
*
* @brief Performs an atomic XOR operation on the specified values.
*
* @param [in, out] pulDestination Pointer to memory location from where value is
* to be loaded and written back to.
* @param [in] ulValue Value to be XORed with *pulDestination.
*
* @return The original value of *pulDestination.
*/
static portFORCE_INLINE uint32_t Atomic_XOR_u32( uint32_t volatile * pulDestination,
uint32_t ulValue )
{
uint32_t ulCurrent;
ATOMIC_ENTER_CRITICAL();
{
ulCurrent = *pulDestination;
*pulDestination ^= ulValue;
}
ATOMIC_EXIT_CRITICAL();
return ulCurrent;
}
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ATOMIC_H */

1513
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

40
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
* definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
* projects should not use them. */
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

238
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -34,6 +36,26 @@
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "timers.h"
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
* item value. It is important they don't clash with the
* taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0100U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0200U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint16_t ) 0x0400U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint16_t ) 0xff00U )
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint32_t ) 0x01000000U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint32_t ) 0x02000000U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint32_t ) 0x04000000U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint32_t ) 0xff000000U )
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_64_BITS )
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0100000000000000U )
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0200000000000000U )
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ( ( uint64_t ) 0x0400000000000000U )
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ( ( uint64_t ) 0xff00000000000000U )
#endif /* if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS ) */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
@@ -63,8 +85,6 @@
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -84,8 +104,8 @@ typedef struct EventGroupDef_t * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
* number of bits it holds is set by configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS (16 bits if set to 0,
* 32 bits if set to 1, 64 bits if set to 2.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
@@ -94,36 +114,40 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
* on the configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is 0 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 1 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 2 then
* each event group has 56 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 53). The EventBits_t type
* is used to store event bits within an event group.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupCreate()
* to be available.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* // Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
* EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
*
@@ -140,7 +164,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* {
* // The event group was created.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -150,29 +174,33 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Create a new event group.
*
* Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
* block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored. If an event
* groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
* groups is created using xEventGroupCreate() then the required memory is
* automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
* (see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00111.html). If an event group is created
* using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* using xEventGroupCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
* provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
* xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
* without using any dynamic memory allocation.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
* on the configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is 0 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 1 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). If configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS is set to 2 then
* each event group has 56 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 53). The EventBits_t type
* is used to store event bits within an event group.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupCreateStatic()
* to be available.
*
* @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
* StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
@@ -182,7 +210,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* returned. If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* // StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
* // size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure. It is
* // provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
@@ -195,7 +223,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
*
* // Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
* xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -203,19 +231,22 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
* const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
* const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupWaitBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -241,7 +272,8 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set. A value of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block
* indefinitely (provided INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
@@ -253,9 +285,9 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
@@ -289,7 +321,7 @@ typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
* // without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -301,13 +333,16 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupClearBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
@@ -317,9 +352,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
@@ -350,7 +385,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* // Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -359,9 +394,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
@@ -375,6 +410,12 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @note If this function returns pdPASS then the timer task is ready to run
* and a portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE) should be executed to perform the needed
* clear on the event group. This behavior is different from
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR because the parameter xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is
* not present.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
@@ -386,9 +427,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -404,9 +445,10 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if( xResult == pdPASS )
* {
* // The message was posted successfully.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(pdTRUE);
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -415,14 +457,14 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToClear ), NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
@@ -431,6 +473,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupSetBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
@@ -448,9 +493,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
* {
@@ -486,7 +531,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* // cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -495,9 +540,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
@@ -530,9 +575,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
* @code{c}
* #define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
* #define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
*
* // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
* // xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -561,7 +606,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -571,17 +616,17 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) \
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) ( xEventGroup ), ( uint32_t ) ( uxBitsToSet ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
* const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
@@ -595,6 +640,9 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupSync()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
@@ -620,13 +668,13 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* // Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
* #define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
* #define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
* #define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
*
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
* #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
*
* // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
* // group has already been created elsewhere.
@@ -694,7 +742,7 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* }
* }
*
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
@@ -706,13 +754,16 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetBits()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
@@ -720,16 +771,19 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( ( xEventGroup ), 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
@@ -741,23 +795,51 @@ EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEG
/**
* event_groups.h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for vEventGroupDelete()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
* StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve a pointer to a statically created event groups's data structure
* buffer. It is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of creation.
*
* The configUSE_EVENT_GROUPS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer()
* to be available.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group for which to retrieve the buffer.
*
* @param ppxEventGroupBuffer Used to return a pointer to the event groups's
* data structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the buffer was retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void * pvEventGroup,
const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )

928
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,417 +1,511 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
#endif
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
* then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
* the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
* memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
* use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
* contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* ascending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h"
#endif
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
* then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
* the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
* memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
* use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else /* if ( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 ) */
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
* contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST;
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /**< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in ascending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /**< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /**< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /**< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
struct xLIST * configLIST_VOLATILE pxContainer; /**< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 1 )
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#else
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
#endif
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /**< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /**< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /**< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in ascending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the next list item.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) ? pdTRUE : pdFALSE )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 )
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
do { \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->xListEnd.pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
} while( 0 )
#else /* #if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 ) */
/* This function is not required in SMP. FreeRTOS SMP scheduler doesn't use
* pxIndex and it should always point to the xListEnd. Not defining this macro
* here to prevent updating pxIndex.
*/
#endif /* #if ( configNUMBER_OF_CORES == 1 ) */
/*
* Version of uxListRemove() that does not return a value. Provided as a slight
* optimisation for xTaskIncrementTick() by being inline.
*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page listREMOVE_ITEM listREMOVE_ITEM
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listREMOVE_ITEM( pxItemToRemove ) \
do { \
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list \
* item. */ \
List_t * const pxList = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer; \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxNext; \
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */ \
if( pxList->pxIndex == ( pxItemToRemove ) ) \
{ \
pxList->pxIndex = ( pxItemToRemove )->pxPrevious; \
} \
\
( pxItemToRemove )->pxContainer = NULL; \
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) - 1U ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Inline version of vListInsertEnd() to provide slight optimisation for
* xTaskIncrementTick().
*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page listINSERT_END listINSERT_END
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listINSERT_END( pxList, pxNewListItem ) \
do { \
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = ( pxList )->pxIndex; \
\
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch \
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch \
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */ \
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( ( pxList ) ); \
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( ( pxNewListItem ) ); \
\
/* Insert a new list item into ( pxList ), but rather than sort the list, \
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to \
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxNext = pxIndex; \
( pxNewListItem )->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious; \
\
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = ( pxNewListItem ); \
pxIndex->pxPrevious = ( pxNewListItem ); \
\
/* Remember which list the item is in. */ \
( pxNewListItem )->pxContainer = ( pxList ); \
\
( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems ) + 1U ); \
} while( 0 )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) )->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer == ( pxList ) ) ? ( pdTRUE ) : ( pdFALSE ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (ascending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pxIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* ifndef LIST_H */

1788
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

652
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,263 +1,389 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint16_t usStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const uint32_t ulStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask,
const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
BaseType_t xIndex,
void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
void * pvParameter ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char * pcWriteBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks( TickType_t xTicksToCatchUp ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*
* When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
* equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
* header files. This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
* which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
* so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
*/
#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
typedef struct xTaskGenericNotifyParams
{
TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify;
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify;
uint32_t ulValue;
eNotifyAction eAction;
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue;
} xTaskGenericNotifyParams_t;
typedef struct xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams
{
UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn;
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry;
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit;
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams_t;
typedef struct xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams
{
TimerHandle_t xTimer;
BaseType_t xCommandID;
TickType_t xOptionalValue;
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams_t;
typedef struct xEventGroupWaitBitsParams
{
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor;
BaseType_t xClearOnExit;
BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits;
TickType_t xTicksToWait;
} xEventGroupWaitBitsParams_t;
/* MPU versions of task.h API functions. */
void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime,
const TickType_t xTimeIncrement ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskStatus_t * pxTaskStatus,
BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace,
eTaskState eState ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask,
TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet,
BaseType_t xIndex,
void * pvValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery,
BaseType_t xIndex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray,
const UBaseType_t uxArraySize,
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE * const pulTotalRunTime ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyEntry( const xTaskGenericNotifyParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry,
uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit,
uint32_t * pulNotificationValue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWaitEntry( const xTaskGenericNotifyWaitParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake( UBaseType_t uxIndexToWaitOn,
BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint32_t MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToClear,
uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut,
TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Task APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode,
const char * const pcName,
const configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth,
void * const pvParameters,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask,
UBaseType_t uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char * pcNameToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask,
void * pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition,
TaskHandle_t * pxCreatedTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTaskToModify,
const MemoryRegion_t * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetStaticBuffers( TaskHandle_t xTask,
StackType_t ** ppuxStackBuffer,
StaticTask_t ** ppxTaskBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGet( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR( const TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
uint32_t ulValue,
eNotifyAction eAction,
uint32_t * pulPreviousNotificationValue,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify,
UBaseType_t uxIndexToNotify,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcName ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Queue APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
const UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
uint8_t * pucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue,
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * const pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const BaseType_t xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * const pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
void * pvNewID ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskEntry( const xTimerGenericCommandFromTaskParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t uxAutoReload ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
UBaseType_t MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Timer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBitsEntry( const xEventGroupWaitBitsParams_t * pxParams ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void * xEventGroup ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
void MPU_vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup,
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
#endif /* ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )*/
/* Privileged only wrappers for Event Group APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t * pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
StaticEventGroup_t ** ppxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
size_t xTriggerLevel ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL;
/* Privileged only wrappers for Stream Buffer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xStreamBufferType,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
size_t xTriggerLevelBytes,
BaseType_t xStreamBufferType,
uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxSendCompletedCallback,
StreamBufferCallbackFunction_t pxReceiveCompletedCallback ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffers,
uint8_t * ppucStreamBufferStorageArea,
StaticStreamBuffer_t * ppxStaticStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
const void * pvTxData,
size_t xDataLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
void * pvRxData,
size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferResetFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */

105
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_syscall_numbers.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H
#define MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H
/* Numbers assigned to various system calls. */
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotify 0
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotifyWait 1
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask 2
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupWaitBits 3
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskDelayUntil 4
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskAbortDelay 5
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskDelay 6
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskPriorityGet 7
#define SYSTEM_CALL_eTaskGetState 8
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskGetInfo 9
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 10
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSuspend 11
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskResume 12
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetTickCount 13
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks 14
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter 15
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent 16
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent 17
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter 18
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag 19
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag 20
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer 21
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer 22
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetSystemState 23
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 24
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 25
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 26
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGetSchedulerState 27
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTaskSetTimeOutState 28
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskCheckForTimeOut 29
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake 30
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear 31
#define SYSTEM_CALL_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear 32
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGenericSend 33
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxQueueMessagesWaiting 34
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxQueueSpacesAvailable 35
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueReceive 36
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueuePeek 37
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueSemaphoreTake 38
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGetMutexHolder 39
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive 40
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive 41
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueSelectFromSet 42
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xQueueAddToSet 43
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vQueueAddToRegistry 44
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vQueueUnregisterQueue 45
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pcQueueGetName 46
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pvTimerGetTimerID 47
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTimerSetTimerID 48
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerIsTimerActive 49
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 50
#define SYSTEM_CALL_pcTimerGetName 51
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vTimerSetReloadMode 52
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetReloadMode 53
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxTimerGetReloadMode 54
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetPeriod 55
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xTimerGetExpiryTime 56
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupClearBits 57
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupSetBits 58
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xEventGroupSync 59
#define SYSTEM_CALL_uxEventGroupGetNumber 60
#define SYSTEM_CALL_vEventGroupSetNumber 61
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSend 62
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferReceive 63
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferIsFull 64
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferIsEmpty 65
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable 66
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable 67
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel 68
#define SYSTEM_CALL_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes 69
#define NUM_SYSTEM_CALLS 70 /* Total number of system calls. */
#endif /* MPU_SYSCALL_NUMBERS_H */

462
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,186 +1,276 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#error MPU
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
* those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
#define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
#define xTaskCatchUpTicks MPU_xTaskCatchUpTicks
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#if (configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0)
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
* equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
* macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
* (useful when using statically allocated objects). */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__((section("freertos_system_calls")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
* only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
* included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
* those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*
* Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
* "MPU_". This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
* version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
* then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
* privileges.
*/
/* Map standard task.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define xTaskDelayUntil MPU_xTaskDelayUntil
#define xTaskAbortDelay MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskGetInfo MPU_vTaskGetInfo
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2 MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark2
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetIdleRunTimePercent
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskGenericNotifyWait MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyWait
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyTake
#define xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyStateClear
#define ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear MPU_ulTaskGenericNotifyValueClear
#define vTaskSetTimeOutState MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimeCounter
#define ulTaskGetRunTimePercent MPU_ulTaskGetRunTimePercent
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Task APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xTaskCreate MPU_xTaskCreate
#define xTaskCreateStatic MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define xTaskGetHandle MPU_xTaskGetHandle
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define pcTaskGetName MPU_pcTaskGetName
#define xTaskCreateRestricted MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
#define xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define xTaskGetStaticBuffers MPU_xTaskGetStaticBuffers
#define uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR MPU_uxTaskPriorityGetFromISR
#define uxTaskBasePriorityGet MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGet
#define uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR MPU_uxTaskBasePriorityGetFromISR
#define xTaskResumeFromISR MPU_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTagFromISR
#define xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR MPU_xTaskGenericNotifyFromISR
#define vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR MPU_vTaskGenericNotifyGiveFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueReceive MPU_xQueueReceive
#define xQueuePeek MPU_xQueuePeek
#define xQueueSemaphoreTake MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#define pcQueueGetName MPU_pcQueueGetName
#endif /* #if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Queue APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers MPU_xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers
#define xQueueGenericSendFromISR MPU_xQueueGenericSendFromISR
#define xQueueGiveFromISR MPU_xQueueGiveFromISR
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
#define xQueueReceiveFromISR MPU_xQueueReceiveFromISR
#define xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR MPU_xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR
#define xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR MPU_xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR
#define uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR
#define xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR
#define xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR MPU_xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR
#endif /* if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerGenericCommandFromTask MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromTask
#define pcTimerGetName MPU_pcTimerGetName
#define vTimerSetReloadMode MPU_vTimerSetReloadMode
#define uxTimerGetReloadMode MPU_uxTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerGetPeriod MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
#define xTimerGetExpiryTime MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
/* Privileged only wrappers for Timer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xTimerGetReloadMode MPU_xTimerGetReloadMode
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define xTimerCreateStatic MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
#define xTimerGetStaticBuffer MPU_xTimerGetStaticBuffer
#define xTimerGenericCommandFromISR MPU_xTimerGenericCommandFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) )
#define uxEventGroupGetNumber MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber
#define vEventGroupSetNumber MPU_vEventGroupSetNumber
#endif /* #if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) ) */
/* Privileged only wrappers for Event Group APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupCreateStatic MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer MPU_xEventGroupGetStaticBuffer
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
#define xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR MPU_xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
* equivalents. */
#define xStreamBufferSend MPU_xStreamBufferSend
#define xStreamBufferReceive MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
#define xStreamBufferIsFull MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
#define xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes MPU_xStreamBufferNextMessageLengthBytes
/* Privileged only wrappers for Stream Buffer APIs. These are needed so that
* the application can use opaque handles maintained in mpu_wrappers.c
* with all the APIs. */
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
#define vStreamBufferDelete MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
#define xStreamBufferReset MPU_xStreamBufferReset
#if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 )
#define xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers MPU_xStreamBufferGetStaticBuffers
#define xStreamBufferSendFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
#define xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR
#define xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
#define xStreamBufferResetFromISR MPU_xStreamBufferResetFromISR
#endif /* #if ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) */
#if ( ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) && ( configENABLE_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST == 1 ) )
#define vGrantAccessToTask( xTask, xTaskToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTaskToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToTask( xTask, xTaskToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTaskToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToSemaphore( xTask, xSemaphoreToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xSemaphoreToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToSemaphore( xTask, xSemaphoreToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xSemaphoreToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToQueue( xTask, xQueueToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToQueue( xTask, xQueueToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToQueueSet( xTask, xQueueSetToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueSetToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToQueueSet( xTask, xQueueSetToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xQueueSetToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToEventGroup( xTask, xEventGroupToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xEventGroupToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToEventGroup( xTask, xEventGroupToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xEventGroupToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToStreamBuffer( xTask, xStreamBufferToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xStreamBufferToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToStreamBuffer( xTask, xStreamBufferToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xStreamBufferToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToMessageBuffer( xTask, xMessageBufferToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xMessageBufferToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToMessageBuffer( xTask, xMessageBufferToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xMessageBufferToRevokeAccess ) )
#define vGrantAccessToTimer( xTask, xTimerToGrantAccess ) vGrantAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTimerToGrantAccess ) )
#define vRevokeAccessToTimer( xTask, xTimerToRevokeAccess ) vRevokeAccessToKernelObject( ( xTask ), ( int32_t ) ( xTimerToRevokeAccess ) )
#endif /* #if ( ( configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0 ) && ( configENABLE_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST == 1 ) ) */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_functions" ) ) )
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__( ( section( "privileged_data" ) ) )
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL __attribute__( ( section( "freertos_system_calls" ) ) )
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define FREERTOS_SYSTEM_CALL
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

62
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/newlib-freertos.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H
/* Note Newlib support has been included by popular demand, but is not
* used by the FreeRTOS maintainers themselves. FreeRTOS is not
* responsible for resulting newlib operation. User must be familiar with
* newlib and must provide system-wide implementations of the necessary
* stubs. Be warned that (at the time of writing) the current newlib design
* implements a system-wide malloc() that must be provided with locks.
*
* See the third party link http://www.nadler.com/embedded/newlibAndFreeRTOS.html
* for additional information. */
#include <reent.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#ifndef configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE struct _reent
#endif
#ifndef configINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) _REENT_INIT_PTR( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configSET_TLS_BLOCK
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) ( _impure_ptr = &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#ifndef configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _reclaim_reent( &( xTLSBlock ) )
#endif
#endif /* INC_NEWLIB_FREERTOS_H */

91
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/picolibc-freertos.h vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H
/* Use picolibc TLS support to allocate space for __thread variables,
* initialize them at thread creation and set the TLS context at
* thread switch time.
*
* See the picolibc TLS docs:
* https://github.com/picolibc/picolibc/blob/main/doc/tls.md
* for additional information. */
#include <picotls.h>
#define configUSE_C_RUNTIME_TLS_SUPPORT 1
#define configTLS_BLOCK_TYPE void *
#define picolibcTLS_SIZE ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) _tls_size() )
#define picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
#if __PICOLIBC_MAJOR__ > 1 || __PICOLIBC_MINOR__ >= 8
/* Picolibc 1.8 and newer have explicit alignment values provided
* by the _tls_align() inline */
#define picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ( _tls_align() - 1 ) )
#else
/* For older Picolibc versions, use the general port alignment value */
#define picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
#endif
/* Allocate thread local storage block off the end of the
* stack. The picolibcTLS_SIZE macro returns the size (in
* bytes) of the total TLS area used by the application.
* Calculate the top of stack address. */
#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) \
do { \
xTLSBlock = ( void * ) ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack ) - \
picolibcTLS_SIZE ) & \
~picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTLSBlock ) - 1 ) & \
~picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
_init_tls( xTLSBlock ); \
} while( 0 )
#else /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
#define configINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock, pxTopOfStack ) \
do { \
xTLSBlock = ( void * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) pxTopOfStack + \
picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) & ~picolibcTLS_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t * ) ( ( ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) xTLSBlock ) + \
picolibcTLS_SIZE ) + picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) & \
~picolibcSTACK_ALIGNMENT_MASK ); \
_init_tls( xTLSBlock ); \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* portSTACK_GROWTH */
#define configSET_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock ) _set_tls( xTLSBlock )
#define configDEINIT_TLS_BLOCK( xTLSBlock )
#endif /* INC_PICOLIBC_FREERTOS_H */

475
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,216 +1,259 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
* Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
* to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
* specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
* file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
* did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters,
BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
#if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 )
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
StackType_t * pxEndOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t * pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t * pxTopOfStack,
TaskFunction_t pxCode,
void * pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
* that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t * pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats
{
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats( HeapStats_t * pxHeapStats );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void * pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void * pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS * xMPUSettings,
const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions,
StackType_t * pxBottomOfStack,
uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
* pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
* portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
* of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
* portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
* portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
* Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
* to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
* specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
* file. */
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
* did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
* included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
* must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x001f)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x000f)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0007)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0003)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0001)
#elif portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK (0x0000)
#else /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif /* if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32 */
#ifndef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING
#define portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING 0
#endif
#ifndef portARCH_NAME
#define portARCH_NAME NULL
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE
#define configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE StackType_t
#endif
#ifndef configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP
/* Defaults to 0 for backward compatibility. */
#define configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP 0
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if (portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1)
#if (portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1)
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged,
xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged, xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* if ( portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1 ) */
#else /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
#if (portHAS_STACK_OVERFLOW_CHECKING == 1)
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, StackType_t *pxEndOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack(StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#endif /* if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 ) */
/* Used by heap_5.c to define the start address and size of each memory region
* that together comprise the total FreeRTOS heap space. */
typedef struct HeapRegion {
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/* Used to pass information about the heap out of vPortGetHeapStats(). */
typedef struct xHeapStats {
size_t xAvailableHeapSpaceInBytes; /* The total heap size currently available - this is the sum of all the free blocks, not the largest block that can be allocated. */
size_t xSizeOfLargestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The maximum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xSizeOfSmallestFreeBlockInBytes; /* The minimum size, in bytes, of all the free blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xNumberOfFreeBlocks; /* The number of free memory blocks within the heap at the time vPortGetHeapStats() is called. */
size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining; /* The minimum amount of total free memory (sum of all free blocks) there has been in the heap since the system booted. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulAllocations; /* The number of calls to pvPortMalloc() that have returned a valid memory block. */
size_t xNumberOfSuccessfulFrees; /* The number of calls to vPortFree() that has successfully freed a block of memory. */
} HeapStats_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions(const HeapRegion_t *const pxHeapRegions) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Returns a HeapStats_t structure filled with information about the current
* heap state.
*/
void vPortGetHeapStats(HeapStats_t *pxHeapStats);
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc(size_t xWantedSize) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void *pvPortCalloc(size_t xNum, size_t xSize) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree(void *pv) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configSTACK_ALLOCATION_FROM_SEPARATE_HEAP == 1)
void *pvPortMallocStack(size_t xSize) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFreeStack(void *pv) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define pvPortMallocStack pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFreeStack vPortFree
#endif
/*
* This function resets the internal state of the heap module. It must be called
* by the application before restarting the scheduler.
*/
void vPortHeapResetState(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1)
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void )
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called when allocation failed.
*/
void vApplicationMallocFailedHook(void);
#endif
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler(void) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if (portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1)
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings(xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION *const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE uxStackDepth) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* @brief Checks if the calling task is authorized to access the given buffer.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer which the calling task wants to access.
* @param ulBufferLength The length of the pvBuffer.
* @param ulAccessRequested The permissions that the calling task wants.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the calling task is authorized to access the buffer,
* pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if (portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1)
BaseType_t xPortIsAuthorizedToAccessBuffer(const void *pvBuffer, uint32_t ulBufferLength, uint32_t ulAccessRequested) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* @brief Checks if the calling task is authorized to access the given kernel object.
*
* @param lInternalIndexOfKernelObject The index of the kernel object in the kernel
* object handle pool.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the calling task is authorized to access the kernel object,
* pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ((portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1) && (configUSE_MPU_WRAPPERS_V1 == 0))
BaseType_t xPortIsAuthorizedToAccessKernelObject(int32_t lInternalIndexOfKernelObject) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* *INDENT-ON* */
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

258
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,120 +1,138 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if ( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (* TaskFunction_t)( void * arg );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdMS_TO_TICKS
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( uint64_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( uint64_t ) 1000U ) )
#endif
/* Converts a time in ticks to a time in milliseconds. This macro can be
* overridden by a macro of the same name defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h in case the
* definition here is not suitable for your application. */
#ifndef pdTICKS_TO_MS
#define pdTICKS_TO_MS( xTimeInTicks ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( uint64_t ) ( xTimeInTicks ) * ( uint64_t ) 1000U ) / ( uint64_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) )
#endif
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdFALSE_SIGNED ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE_SIGNED ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdFALSE_UNSIGNED ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE_UNSIGNED ( ( UBaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_16_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_32_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#elif ( configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS == TICK_TYPE_WIDTH_64_BITS )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5aULL
#else
#error configTICK_TYPE_WIDTH_IN_BITS set to unsupported tick type width.
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
* itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
/* Re-defining endian values for generic naming. */
#define pdLITTLE_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define pdBIG_ENDIAN pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

368
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -77,12 +79,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* QueueHandle_t xQueueCreate(
* UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
* UBaseType_t uxItemSize
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
* can be referenced.
@@ -111,7 +113,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* returned.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -139,7 +141,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -149,14 +151,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateStatic(
* UBaseType_t uxQueueLength,
* UBaseType_t uxItemSize,
* uint8_t *pucQueueStorageBuffer,
* uint8_t *pucQueueStorage,
* StaticQueue_t *pxQueueBuffer
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Creates a new queue instance, and returns a handle by which the new queue
* can be referenced.
@@ -180,11 +182,11 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be
* the same size.
*
* @param pucQueueStorageBuffer If uxItemSize is not zero then
* pucQueueStorageBuffer must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
* @param pucQueueStorage If uxItemSize is not zero then
* pucQueueStorage must point to a uint8_t array that is at least large
* enough to hold the maximum number of items that can be in the queue at any
* one time - which is ( uxQueueLength * uxItemsSize ) bytes. If uxItemSize is
* zero then pucQueueStorageBuffer can be NULL.
* zero then pucQueueStorage can be NULL.
*
* @param pxQueueBuffer Must point to a variable of type StaticQueue_t, which
* will be used to hold the queue's data structure.
@@ -193,7 +195,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* returned. If pxQueueBuffer is NULL then NULL is returned.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -212,7 +214,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
* QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
* QueueHandle_t xQueue1;
*
* // Create a queue capable of containing 10 uint32_t values.
* xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( QUEUE_LENGTH, // The number of items the queue can hold.
@@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueCreateStatic xQueueCreateStatic
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -235,13 +237,42 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToToFront(
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
* StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue );
* @endcode
*
* Retrieve pointers to a statically created queue's data structure buffer
* and storage area buffer. These are the same buffers that are supplied
* at the time of creation.
*
* @param xQueue The queue for which to retrieve the buffers.
*
* @param ppucQueueStorage Used to return a pointer to the queue's storage
* area buffer.
*
* @param ppxStaticQueue Used to return a pointer to the queue's data
* structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if buffers were retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*
* \defgroup xQueueGetStaticBuffers xQueueGetStaticBuffers
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
#define xQueueGetStaticBuffers( xQueue, ppucQueueStorage, ppxStaticQueue ) xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( ( xQueue ), ( ppucQueueStorage ), ( ppxStaticQueue ) )
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/**
* queue. h
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToFront(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
* reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
@@ -264,14 +295,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -307,7 +338,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -316,13 +347,13 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToBack(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
*
@@ -347,14 +378,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -390,7 +421,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -399,13 +430,13 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSend(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for
* backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
@@ -432,14 +463,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -475,7 +506,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -484,12 +515,12 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueOverwrite(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Only for use with queues that have a length of one - so the queue is either
* empty or full.
@@ -513,7 +544,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* to the queue even when the queue is already full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
*
* void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -559,7 +590,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ...
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueOverwrite xQueueOverwrite
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -569,14 +600,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* BaseType_t xCopyPosition
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
* xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
@@ -605,14 +636,14 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
* @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
* char ucData[ 20 ];
* } xMessage;
*
* uint32_t ulVar = 10UL;
* uint32_t ulVar = 10U;
*
* void vATask( void *pvParameters )
* {
@@ -648,7 +679,7 @@ typedef struct QueueDefinition * QueueSetMemberHandle_t;
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -659,13 +690,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueuePeek(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void * const pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
* The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
@@ -696,7 +727,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -746,7 +777,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueuePeek xQueuePeek
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -756,12 +787,12 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xQueuePeek() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine (ISR).
@@ -791,13 +822,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueReceive(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* TickType_t xTicksToWait
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
* adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
@@ -825,7 +856,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* struct AMessage
* {
* char ucMessageID;
@@ -875,7 +906,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueuePeekFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
*
* // ... Rest of task code.
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -885,9 +916,9 @@ BaseType_t xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
*
@@ -902,9 +933,9 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNC
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Return the number of free spaces available in a queue. This is equal to the
* number of items that can be sent to the queue before the queue becomes full
@@ -921,9 +952,9 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNC
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
* placed on the queue.
@@ -937,13 +968,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
*
@@ -964,7 +995,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* running task. If xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
@@ -972,11 +1003,11 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
* BaseType_t xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
* BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
*
* // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
* xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
@@ -998,7 +1029,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1009,13 +1040,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
*
@@ -1044,7 +1075,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
@@ -1070,7 +1101,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1080,13 +1111,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueOverwriteFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void * pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* A version of xQueueOverwrite() that can be used in an interrupt service
* routine (ISR).
@@ -1117,7 +1148,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* the queue is already full.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
*
* QueueHandle_t xQueue;
*
@@ -1154,12 +1185,15 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* {
* // Writing to the queue caused a task to unblock and the unblocked task
* // has a priority higher than or equal to the priority of the currently
* // executing task (the task this interrupt interrupted). Perform a context
* // executing task (the task this interrupt interrupted). Perform a context
* // switch so this interrupt returns directly to the unblocked task.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR(); // or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() depending on the port.
* // The macro used is port specific and will be either
* // portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() - refer to the documentation
* // page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueOverwriteFromISR xQueueOverwriteFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -1168,13 +1202,13 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueSendFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included
* for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
@@ -1206,7 +1240,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
@@ -1229,11 +1263,14 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
* {
* // Actual macro used here is port specific.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
* // As xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
* // switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
* // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
* // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1243,14 +1280,14 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* const void *pvItemToQueue,
* BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
* BaseType_t xCopyPosition
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
* xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
@@ -1286,7 +1323,7 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
* per call):
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* void vBufferISR( void )
* {
* char cIn;
@@ -1306,14 +1343,17 @@ void vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*
* } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
*
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. Note that the
* // name of the yield function required is port specific.
* // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
* {
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR();
* // As xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost is now set to pdTRUE then a context
* // switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
* // will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
* // refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
* portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost );
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
@@ -1327,13 +1367,13 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/**
* queue. h
* <pre>
* @code{c}
* BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR(
* QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* void *pvBuffer,
* BaseType_t *pxTaskWoken
* );
* </pre>
* @endcode
*
* Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
* interrupt service routine.
@@ -1344,16 +1384,16 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
* be copied.
*
* @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
* unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to
* become available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task
* to unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
* remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
* otherwise pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
* <pre>
* @code{c}
*
* QueueHandle_t xQueue;
*
@@ -1398,17 +1438,17 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
*
* // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
* // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
* // posting onto the queue xTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
* // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
* // task will be woken.
* }
*
* if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
* if( xTaskWokenByReceive != ( char ) pdFALSE;
* {
* taskYIELD ();
* }
* }
* </pre>
* @endcode
* \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
* \ingroup QueueManagement
*/
@@ -1418,12 +1458,14 @@ BaseType_t xQueueReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
/*
* Utilities to query queues that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities
* should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
* should be used only from within an ISR, or within a critical section.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 )
/*
* The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The
* functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from
@@ -1433,18 +1475,20 @@ UBaseType_t uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEG
* should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro
* wrappers defined within croutine.h.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxTaskWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t xQueueCRSendFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxTaskWoken );
BaseType_t xQueueCRSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const void * pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
void * pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
#endif /* if ( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1 ) */
/*
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex(),
@@ -1452,21 +1496,34 @@ BaseType_t xQueueCRReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
* these functions directly.
*/
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 )
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( ( configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
QueueHandle_t xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount,
const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount,
StaticQueue_t * pxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
BaseType_t xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder == 1 ) )
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
TaskHandle_t xQueueGetMutexHolderFromISR( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
* xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
* For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() or
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -1476,7 +1533,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* Reset a queue back to its original empty state. The return value is now
* obsolete and is always set to pdPASS.
*/
#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( xQueue, pdFALSE )
#define xQueueReset( xQueue ) xQueueGenericReset( ( xQueue ), pdFALSE )
/*
* The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
@@ -1488,21 +1545,25 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
* registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value
* does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
* does not affect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
* created - just the number that the registry can hold.
*
* If vQueueAddToRegistry is called more than once with the same xQueue
* parameter, the registry will store the pcQueueName parameter from the
* most recent call to vQueueAddToRegistry.
*
* @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This
* is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex
* handles can also be passed in here.
*
* @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
* @param pcQueueName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
* name that the kernel aware debugger will display. The queue registry only
* stores a pointer to the string - so the string must be persistent (global or
* preferably in ROM/Flash), not on the stack.
*/
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
void vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const char * pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const char * pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
@@ -1531,7 +1592,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* returned.
*/
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const char * pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
@@ -1558,6 +1619,18 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const uint8_t ucQueueType ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Generic version of the function used to retrieve the buffers of statically
* created queues. This is called by other functions and macros that retrieve
* the buffers of other statically created RTOS objects that use the queue
* structure as their base.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xQueueGenericGetStaticBuffers( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
uint8_t ** ppucQueueStorage,
StaticQueue_t ** ppxStaticQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Queue sets provide a mechanism to allow a task to block (pend) on a read
* operation from multiple queues or semaphores simultaneously.
@@ -1572,7 +1645,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* or semaphores contained in the set is in a state where a queue read or
* semaphore take operation would be successful.
*
* Note 1: See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* Note 1: See the documentation on https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are
* simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects.
*
@@ -1606,7 +1679,9 @@ BaseType_t xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* @return If the queue set is created successfully then a handle to the created
* queue set is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned.
*/
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Adds a queue or semaphore to a queue set that was previously created by a
@@ -1630,8 +1705,10 @@ QueueSetHandle_t xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength ) PRIVILE
* queue set because it is already a member of a different queue set then pdFAIL
* is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* Removes a queue or semaphore from a queue set. A queue or semaphore can only
@@ -1650,8 +1727,10 @@ BaseType_t xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
* then pdPASS is returned. If the queue was not in the queue set, or the
* queue (or semaphore) was not empty, then pdFAIL is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* xQueueSelectFromSet() selects from the members of a queue set a queue or
@@ -1663,7 +1742,7 @@ BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
* See FreeRTOS/Source/Demo/Common/Minimal/QueueSet.c for an example using this
* function.
*
* Note 1: See the documentation on http://wwwFreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* Note 1: See the documentation on https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-queue-sets.html
* for reasons why queue sets are very rarely needed in practice as there are
* simpler methods of blocking on multiple objects.
*
@@ -1687,13 +1766,17 @@ BaseType_t xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore,
* in the queue set that is available, or NULL if no such queue or semaphore
* exists before before the specified block time expires.
*/
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/*
* A version of xQueueSelectFromSet() that can be used from an ISR.
*/
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_QUEUE_SETS == 1 )
QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueSelectFromSetFromISR( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* Not public API functions. */
void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
@@ -1701,11 +1784,22 @@ void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
const BaseType_t xWaitIndefinitely ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
BaseType_t xNewQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue,
UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
uint8_t ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueItemSize( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
UBaseType_t uxQueueGetQueueLength( QueueHandle_t xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus

2388
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

268
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stack_macros.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,127 +1,141 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING is a number of extra words to consider to be in
* use on the stack.
*/
#ifndef portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING
#define portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING 0
#endif
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack + portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack - portSTACK_LIMIT_PADDING ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5U; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
do { \
int8_t * pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
char * pcOverflowTaskName = pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName; \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pcOverflowTaskName ); \
} \
} while( 0 )
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

2147
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/stream_buffer.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1403
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

186
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h vendored
View File

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
@@ -32,10 +34,8 @@
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
#endif
/*lint -save -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
* happens to also be including task.h. */
#include "task.h"
/*lint -restore */
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ typedef void (* TimerCallbackFunction_t)( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
* Defines the prototype to which functions used with the
* xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR() function must conform.
*/
typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
uint32_t );
typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void * arg1,
uint32_t arg2 );
/**
* TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
* TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
* UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
* BaseType_t xAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
*
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
* equal to 1000. Time timer period must be greater than 0.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
* If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* If xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* // the scheduler starts.
* for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
* {
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * ( x + 1 ) ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* );
*
* if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
@@ -227,9 +227,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* @endverbatim
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
/**
* TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic(const char * const pcTimerName,
* TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
* UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
* BaseType_t xAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
* StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
@@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* to ( 500 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or
* equal to 1000. The timer period must be greater than 0.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter.
* If uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* If xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
@@ -357,9 +357,9 @@ typedef void (* PendedFunction_t)( void *,
* @endverbatim
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName,
const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload,
const BaseType_t xAutoReload,
void * const pvTimerID,
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction,
StaticTimer_t * pxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -1196,10 +1196,12 @@ TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
* }
* @endverbatim
*/
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
BaseType_t * pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
@@ -1233,10 +1235,12 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
* timer daemon task, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
*
*/
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
void * pvParameter1,
uint32_t ulParameter2,
TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/**
* const char * const pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
@@ -1247,10 +1251,10 @@ BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend,
*
* @return The name assigned to the timer specified by the xTimer parameter.
*/
const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload );
* void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xAutoReload );
*
* Updates a timer to be either an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
@@ -1258,14 +1262,28 @@ const char * pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION; /*lint
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being updated.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* @param xAutoReload If xAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the timer's period (see the
* xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter of the xTimerCreate() API function). If
* uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* xAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*/
void vTimerSetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
const BaseType_t xAutoReload ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
*
* Queries a timer to determine if it is an auto-reload timer, in which case the timer
* automatically resets itself each time it expires, or a one-shot timer, in
* which case the timer will only expire once unless it is manually restarted.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being queried.
*
* @return If the timer is an auto-reload timer then pdTRUE is returned, otherwise
* pdFALSE is returned.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* UBaseType_t uxTimerGetReloadMode( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
@@ -1307,17 +1325,54 @@ TickType_t xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
*/
TickType_t xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* BaseType_t xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
* StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer );
*
* Retrieve pointer to a statically created timer's data structure
* buffer. This is the same buffer that is supplied at the time of
* creation.
*
* @param xTimer The timer for which to retrieve the buffer.
*
* @param ppxTaskBuffer Used to return a pointer to the timers's data
* structure buffer.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the buffer was retrieved, pdFALSE otherwise.
*/
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerGetStaticBuffer( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
StaticTimer_t ** ppxTimerBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
/*
* Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
* for use by the kernel only.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Splitting the xTimerGenericCommand into two sub functions and making it a macro
* removes a recursion path when called from ISRs. This is primarily for the XCore
* XCC port which detects the recursion path and throws an error during compilation
* when this is not split.
*/
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
const BaseType_t xCommandID,
const TickType_t xOptionalValue,
BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#define xTimerGenericCommand( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xTicksToWait ) \
( ( xCommandID ) < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND ? \
xTimerGenericCommandFromTask( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xTicksToWait ) : \
xTimerGenericCommandFromISR( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xTicksToWait ) )
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
void vTimerSetTimerNumber( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
@@ -1326,23 +1381,48 @@ BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer,
#if ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
/**
* task.h
* <pre>void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, uint32_t *pulTimerTaskStackSize ) </pre>
*
* This function is used to provide a statically allocated block of memory to FreeRTOS to hold the Timer Task TCB. This function is required when
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set. For more information see this URI: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
*
* @param ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer A handle to a statically allocated TCB buffer
* @param ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer A handle to a statically allocated Stack buffer for thie idle task
* @param pulTimerTaskStackSize A pointer to the number of elements that will fit in the allocated stack buffer
*/
/**
* task.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer, StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer, configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE * puxTimerTaskStackSize )
* @endcode
*
* This function is used to provide a statically allocated block of memory to FreeRTOS to hold the Timer Task TCB. This function is required when
* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION is set. For more information see this URI: https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION
*
* @param ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer A handle to a statically allocated TCB buffer
* @param ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer A handle to a statically allocated Stack buffer for the idle task
* @param puxTimerTaskStackSize A pointer to the number of elements that will fit in the allocated stack buffer
*/
void vApplicationGetTimerTaskMemory( StaticTask_t ** ppxTimerTaskTCBBuffer,
StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
uint32_t * pulTimerTaskStackSize );
StackType_t ** ppxTimerTaskStackBuffer,
configSTACK_DEPTH_TYPE * puxTimerTaskStackSize );
#endif
#if ( configUSE_DAEMON_TASK_STARTUP_HOOK != 0 )
/**
* timers.h
* @code{c}
* void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
* @endcode
*
* This hook function is called form the timer task once when the task starts running.
*/
/* MISRA Ref 8.6.1 [External linkage] */
/* More details at: https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel/blob/main/MISRA.md#rule-86 */
/* coverity[misra_c_2012_rule_8_6_violation] */
void vApplicationDaemonTaskStartupHook( void );
#endif
/*
* This function resets the internal state of the timer module. It must be called
* by the application before restarting the scheduler.
*/
void vTimerResetState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* *INDENT-OFF* */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}

456
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c vendored
View File

@@ -1,210 +1,246 @@
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V10.4.1
* Copyright (C) 2020 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/* Lint e9021, e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified
* because the MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
* defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
* generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750 !e9021. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
* end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
* when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
*
* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
* new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
* stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
* share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
* the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
* first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
* If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
* listed below. In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
* more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
*
* 1) Stack overflow -
* see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
* 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
* parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
* interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
* of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
* 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
* the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
* not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 !e9087 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. *//*lint !e440 The iterator moves to a different value, not xValueOfInsertion. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
* insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
* item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
* item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* FreeRTOS Kernel V11.1.0
* Copyright (C) 2021 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved.
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
*
* Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
* this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
* the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
* use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
* the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
* subject to the following conditions:
*
* The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
* copies or substantial portions of the Software.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
* FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
* COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
* CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
*
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org
* https://github.com/FreeRTOS
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
* all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
* task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/* The MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be
* defined for the header files above, but not in this file, in order to
* generate the correct privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
traceENTER_vListInitialise( pxList );
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
* end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
* as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
* ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
* when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
/* Initialize the remaining fields of xListEnd when it is a proper ListItem_t */
#if ( configUSE_MINI_LIST_ITEM == 0 )
{
pxList->xListEnd.pvOwner = NULL;
pxList->xListEnd.pxContainer = NULL;
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( &( pxList->xListEnd ) );
}
#endif
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
traceRETURN_vListInitialise();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
traceENTER_vListInitialiseItem( pxItem );
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pxContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
traceRETURN_vListInitialiseItem();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
traceENTER_vListInsertEnd( pxList, pxNewListItem );
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
* makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems + 1U );
traceRETURN_vListInsertEnd();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList,
ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
traceENTER_vListInsert( pxList, pxNewListItem );
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
* the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
* data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
*
* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
* new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCBs which are
* stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
* share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
* the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
* first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
* If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
* listed below. In addition see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html for
* more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
*
* 1) Stack overflow -
* see https://www.FreeRTOS.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
* 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
* parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
* interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
* of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
* https://www.FreeRTOS.org/a00110.html
* 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
* the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
* not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
* 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
* before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
* before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
* 5) If the FreeRTOS port supports interrupt nesting then ensure that
* the priority of the tick interrupt is at or below
* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
* insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
* item later. */
pxNewListItem->pxContainer = pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems + 1U );
traceRETURN_vListInsert();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
* item. */
List_t * const pxList = pxItemToRemove->pxContainer;
traceENTER_uxListRemove( pxItemToRemove );
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pxContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems ) = ( UBaseType_t ) ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems - 1U );
traceRETURN_uxListRemove( pxList->uxNumberOfItems );
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

6380
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3044
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

14075
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2484
source/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c vendored
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff